SunRed/Marlin-Artillery-M600
Archived
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Renkforce RF100 (V1), V2, XL, and XL Plus (#15695)

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
Dirk O. Kaar 2019-11-26 21:06:23 +01:00 committed by Scott Lahteine
parent f786cc5145
commit 1cea1687f3
7 changed files with 15247 additions and 2 deletions
Show stats Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

9
Marlin/src/pins/ramps/pins_RAMPS.h
View file

@ -229,7 +229,9 @@
#ifndef FAN_PIN
#if EITHER(IS_RAMPS_EFB, IS_RAMPS_EFF) // Hotend, Fan, Bed or Hotend, Fan, Fan
#define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN
#ifndef FAN_PIN
#define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D9_PIN
#endif
#elif EITHER(IS_RAMPS_EEF, IS_RAMPS_SF) // Hotend, Hotend, Fan or Spindle, Fan
#define FAN_PIN RAMPS_D8_PIN
#elif ENABLED(IS_RAMPS_EEB) // Hotend, Hotend, Bed
@ -576,7 +578,10 @@
#define BEEPER_PIN 37
#define BTN_ENC 35
#define SD_DETECT_PIN 49
#define KILL_PIN 41
#ifndef KILL_PIN
#define KILL_PIN 41
#endif
#if ENABLED(MKS_MINI_12864) // Added in Marlin 1.1.6

2213
config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,2213 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
*/
#pragma once
/**
* Configuration.h
*
* Basic settings such as:
*
* - Type of electronics
* - Type of temperature sensor
* - Printer geometry
* - Endstop configuration
* - LCD controller
* - Extra features
*
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
*
*/
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
//===========================================================================
//============================= Getting Started =============================
//===========================================================================
/**
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
*
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
*/
//===========================================================================
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
//
//===========================================================================
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
//
// @section info
// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
/**
* *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
*
* Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
* With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
* by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
*
* We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
* respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
*/
// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
// @section machine
/**
* Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
* Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
*/
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
/**
* Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
* Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
*/
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
/**
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
*
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
* You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
*
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
*/
#define BAUDRATE 115200
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
//#define BLUETOOTH
// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
#endif
#define FAN_PIN -1
#define KILL_PIN 64
// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "RF100"
// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
// @section extruder
// This defines the number of extruders
// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
#define EXTRUDERS 1
// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
/**
* Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
*
* This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
* two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
* for extruders.
*
* This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
* Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
*/
//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
// Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
// Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
//#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
//#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
//#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
#endif
/**
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
*
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
* Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
*
* For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
*/
//#define PRUSA_MMU2
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
#if EXTRUDERS > 3
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
#endif
#endif
// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
#endif
/**
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
* via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
*/
//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
/**
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
* via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
*
* project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
* movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
* https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
*/
//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
#define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
#define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
#define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
#endif
#endif
/**
* Switching Toolhead
*
* Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
* the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
*/
//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
/**
* Magnetic Switching Toolhead
*
* Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
* docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
*/
//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
/**
* Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
*
* Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
* Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
* Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
*/
//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
//#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
#if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
#endif
#elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
#endif
#endif
/**
* "Mixing Extruder"
* - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
* - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
* - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
*/
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
// @section machine
/**
* Power Supply Control
*
* Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
* Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
*/
//#define PSU_CONTROL
//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
#define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
//#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
#if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
#define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
#define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
//#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
//#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
#define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
#endif
#endif
// @section temperature
//===========================================================================
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
/**
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
*
* Temperature sensors available:
*
* -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
* -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
* 0 : not used
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
* 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
* 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
* 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
* 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
* 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
* 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
* 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
* 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
* 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
* 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
*
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
*
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
*
* 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
*
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
*/
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
//===========================================================================
//============================= PID Settings ================================
//===========================================================================
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
#define PIDTEMP
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
//#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
// Ultimaker
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
// MakerGear
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
#endif // PIDTEMP
//===========================================================================
//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
//===========================================================================
/**
* PID Bed Heating
*
* If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
* If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
*
* The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
* If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
* which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
* impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
* heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
* the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
*/
//#define PIDTEMPBED
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
/**
* Max Bed Power
* Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
* When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
* so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
*/
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
//#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from pidautotune
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
// @section extruder
/**
* Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
* Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
* cold extrusion prevention on and off.
*
* *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
*/
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
/**
* Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
*/
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
//===========================================================================
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
//===========================================================================
/**
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
*
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
* the heater on.
*
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
*/
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
//===========================================================================
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
//===========================================================================
// @section machine
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
// either in the usual order or reversed
//#define COREXY
//#define COREXZ
//#define COREYZ
//#define COREYX
//#define COREZX
//#define COREZY
//===========================================================================
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
//===========================================================================
// @section homing
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
#endif
// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
#endif
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
/**
* Stepper Drivers
*
* These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
* stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
*
* A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
*
* Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
* TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
* TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
* TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
* TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
*/
//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
/**
* Endstop Noise Threshold
*
* Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
*
* - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
* - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
* - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
* based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
*
* :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
*/
//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
//=============================================================================
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
//=============================================================================
// @section motion
/**
* Default Settings
*
* These settings can be reset by M502
*
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
*/
/**
* With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
* following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
* total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
*/
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
/**
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
* Override with M92
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.82, 78.82, 800, 115 }
/**
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
* Override with M203
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 20, 25 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
#define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
#endif
/**
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
* Override with M201
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 10000 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
#define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
#endif
/**
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
* Override with M204
*
* M204 P Acceleration
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
*/
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
/**
* Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
*
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
*/
//#define CLASSIC_JERK
#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
//#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
#define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
#endif
#endif
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
/**
* Junction Deviation Factor
*
* See:
* https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
* http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
*/
#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#endif
/**
* S-Curve Acceleration
*
* This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
* curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
*
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
*/
#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
//===========================================================================
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
//===========================================================================
// @section probes
//
// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
//
/**
* Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
*
* Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
*/
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
/**
* Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
*
* Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
* If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
* will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
*
* - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
* - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
*
* - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
* - For simple switches connect...
* - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
* - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
*
*/
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
/**
* Probe Type
*
* Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
* Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
*/
/**
* The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
* Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
* or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
*/
#define PROBE_MANUALLY
//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
/**
* A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
* (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
*/
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
/**
* Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
*/
//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
/**
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH
/**
* Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
*
* This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
* By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
* on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
*
* Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
* and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
*/
//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
#define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
//#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
//#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
#endif
// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
#define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
#define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
#endif
//
// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
//
/**
* Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
*
* In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
*
* #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
*
* +-- BACK ---+
* | |
* L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
* E | | I
* F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
* T | | H
* | (-) | T
* | |
* O-- FRONT --+
* (0,0)
*
* Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
*/
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
/**
* Multiple Probing
*
* You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
* With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
*
* A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
* A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
*/
//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
/**
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
*
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
* probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
*
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
*/
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
//#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
#endif
/**
* Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
* Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
* noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
* These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
* readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
*/
//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
//#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
#endif
//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
#define DISABLE_X false
#define DISABLE_Y false
#define DISABLE_Z false
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
// @section extruder
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
// @section machine
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
// @section extruder
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
// @section homing
//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR 1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
// @section machine
// The size of the print bed
#define X_BED_SIZE 105
#define Y_BED_SIZE 110
// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
#define Z_MAX_POS 105
/**
* Software Endstops
*
* - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
* - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
* - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
* - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
*/
// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
#endif
// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
#endif
#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
//#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#endif
/**
* Filament Runout Sensors
* Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
*
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
// Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
// (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
// After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
// before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
// a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
#ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
// Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
// as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
// large enough to avoid false positives.)
//#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
#endif
#endif
//===========================================================================
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
//===========================================================================
// @section calibrate
/**
* Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
* and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
*
* If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
* Probe several points in a grid.
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
* Probe several points in a grid.
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
* A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
* of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
* Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
*
* - MESH_BED_LEVELING
* Probe a grid manually
* The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
* For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
* leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
* With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
*/
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
/**
* Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
* this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
*/
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
/**
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
*/
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
// For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
// split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
// contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
/**
* Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
*/
//#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
#define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
#define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#endif
#endif
#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
//
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
//
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
#endif
#endif
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
//===========================================================================
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
//===========================================================================
//#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
#define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
#define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
//#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
// as the Z-Height correction value.
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
//===========================================================================
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
//===========================================================================
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
#endif // BED_LEVELING
/**
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
*/
#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
//#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#endif
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
//#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
#endif
/**
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
*/
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
// @section homing
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
//
// With this feature enabled:
//
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
//
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
#endif
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
// @section calibrate
/**
* Bed Skew Compensation
*
* This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
*
* Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
* 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
* 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
* 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
* 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
*
* Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
* Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
*
* - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
* - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
*
* If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
* Use these diagrams for reference:
*
* Y Z Z
* ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
* | / / | / / | / /
* | / / | / / | / /
* | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
* +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
* XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
*/
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
// Input all length measurements here:
#define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define XY_SIDE_AD 200
// Or, set the default skew factors directly here
// to override the above measurements:
#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
#define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
#endif
// Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
#endif
//=============================================================================
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
//=============================================================================
// @section extras
/**
* EEPROM
*
* Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
*
* M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
* M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
* M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
*/
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
//#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
#endif
//
// Host Keepalive
//
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
//
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
//
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
//
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
//
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
//
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
//
// M149 Set temperature units support
//
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
// @section temperature
// Preheat Constants
#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255
#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255
/**
* Nozzle Park
*
* Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
*
* The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
*
* P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
*/
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
#define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
#define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
#endif
/**
* Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
*
* Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
*
* Parameters:
* P Pattern
* S Strokes / Repetitions
* T Triangles (P1 only)
*
* Patterns:
* P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
* at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
* between the start / end points.
*
* P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
* number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
* Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
* For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
*
* --
* | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
* A | | / \ / \ / \ |
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
* | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
* -- +--------------------------------+
* |________|_________|_________|
* T1 T2 T3
*
* P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
* "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
* Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
*
* Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
* Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
*
*/
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
// Default number of pattern repetitions
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
// Default number of triangles
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
// Circular pattern radius
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
// Middle point of circle
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
// Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
// Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
#endif
/**
* Print Job Timer
*
* Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
*
* M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
* M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
* M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
*
* The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
*
* M75 - Start the print job timer
* M76 - Pause the print job timer
* M77 - Stop the print job timer
*/
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
/**
* Print Counter
*
* Track statistical data such as:
*
* - Total print jobs
* - Total successful print jobs
* - Total failed print jobs
* - Total time printing
*
* View the current statistics with M78.
*/
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
//=============================================================================
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
//=============================================================================
// @section lcd
/**
* LCD LANGUAGE
*
* Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
*
* en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
* ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
*
* :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
*/
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
/**
* LCD Character Set
*
* Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
*
* All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
* language extensions:
*
* - JAPANESE ... the most common
* - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
* - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
*
* To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
*
* - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
* - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
* - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
*
* :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
*/
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
/**
* Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
*
* :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
*/
#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
/**
* SD CARD
*
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
*
*/
#define SDSUPPORT
/**
* SD CARD: SPI SPEED
*
* Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
* This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
*/
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
/**
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
*
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
*/
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
/**
* LCD Menu Items
*
* Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
* just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
*/
//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
//
// ENCODER SETTINGS
//
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
//
#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
//
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
// move between next/prev menu items.
//
#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
/**
* Encoder Direction Options
*
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
*
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
*/
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
//
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
//
#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
//
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
//
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
//
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
//
//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
//
// Individual Axis Homing
//
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
//
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
//
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
//
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
//
//#define SPEAKER
//
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
//
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
//
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
//=============================================================================
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
//=============================================================================
//
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
//
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
//
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
//
//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
//
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
//
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
//
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
//
//#define ULTIPANEL
//
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
//
//#define PANEL_ONE
//
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
//
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
//
//#define G3D_PANEL
//
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
// http://www.inventapart.com/
//
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
//
// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
//
//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
//
// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
//
//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
// This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
// which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
// This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
//
// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
//
//#define ULTRA_LCD
//=============================================================================
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
//=============================================================================
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
//
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
//
//
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
//
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
//
// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
//
// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
//
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
//
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
//
//#define LCM1602
//
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
// separate encoder and click inputs.
//
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
//
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
//
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
//
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
//
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
//
//
// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
//
//#define SAV_3DLCD
//
// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
//
//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
//=============================================================================
//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
//=============================================================================
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
//
// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
//
//
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
//
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
//
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
//
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
// http://panucatt.com
//
//#define VIKI2
//#define miniVIKI
//
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
//
//#define MINIPANEL
//
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
//
//#define MAKRPANEL
//
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
//
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
//
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
//
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// Cartesio UI
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
//
//#define CARTESIO_UI
//
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
//
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
//
// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
//
//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
//
// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
//
//#define MKS_MINI_12864
//
// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
//
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
//
// Factory display for Creality CR-10
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
//
// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
//
//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
//
// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
//
// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
//
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
//
// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
//
//#define AZSMZ_12864
//
// Silvergate GLCD controller
// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
//
//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
//=============================================================================
//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
//=============================================================================
//
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
//
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
//
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
//
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
//#define U8GLIB_SH1106
#endif
//
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
//
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
//
// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
//
// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
//
//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
//
// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
//
//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
//
// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
//
//#define OVERLORD_OLED
//=============================================================================
//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
//=============================================================================
//
// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
//
//#define DGUS_LCD
//
// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
//
//#define MALYAN_LCD
//
// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
//
//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
//
// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
//
//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
//=============================================================================
//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
//=============================================================================
//
// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
//
//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
//=============================================================================
//============================ Other Controllers ============================
//=============================================================================
//
// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
//
//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
#define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
#define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
#define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
#define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
#define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
#define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
#endif
//
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
//
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
//=============================================================================
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
//=============================================================================
// @section extras
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
// duty cycle is attained.
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
//#define BARICUDA
// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
//#define BLINKM
// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
//#define PCA9632
// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
//#define PCA9533
/**
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
*
* Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
* an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
*
* Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
* If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
* luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
* For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
*
* *** CAUTION ***
* LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
* as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
* Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
* NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
* more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
* *** CAUTION ***
*
* LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
*
*/
//#define RGB_LED
//#define RGBW_LED
#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
//#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
//#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
//#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
//#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
#endif
// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
#define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
//#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
//#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
#define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
#define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
//#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
// Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
//#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
//#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
#endif
/**
* Printer Event LEDs
*
* During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
*
* - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
* - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
* - Change to white to illuminate work surface
* - Change to green once print has finished
* - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
*/
#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
#endif
/**
* R/C SERVO support
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
*/
/**
* Number of servos
*
* For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
* Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
* Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
*/
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES

2867
config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,2867 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
*/
#pragma once
/**
* Configuration_adv.h
*
* Advanced settings.
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
*
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
*
*/
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
// @section temperature
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
//
// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
//
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
#define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
#define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
#define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
#define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
#define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
#define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
#define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
#define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
//
// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
//
//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
#undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
#endif
/**
* Heated Chamber settings
*/
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
#define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
#endif
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
#endif
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
*
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
* the heater on.
*
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
* long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
*
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
* THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
//#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
#if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
//#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
#endif
/**
* Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
* firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
* hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
* requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
* if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
* test.
*
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
* and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
* below 2.
*/
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
/**
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
*/
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
/**
* Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
*/
#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
// Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
// A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
#endif
/**
* Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
* A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
* You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
* or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
*
* Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
* A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
* kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
* where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
*
* Example:
* Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
* Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
*
* Fan-speed dependent compensation
* --------------------------------
* 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
* Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
* If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
* drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
* 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
* 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
* 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
* 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
* PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
*/
//#define PID_FAN_SCALING
#if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
//#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
#if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
// The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
// Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
// DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
#else
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
#define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#endif
#endif
#endif
/**
* Automatic Temperature:
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
*/
#define AUTOTEMP
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
#endif
// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
//#define M114_DETAIL
// Show Temperature ADC value
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
/**
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
*
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
* and force stop everything.
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
* aberrant readings.
*
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
*/
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
// @section extruder
// Extruder runout prevention.
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
#endif
// @section temperature
// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
/**
* Controller Fan
* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
*
* The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
* and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
*/
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
//#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
#endif
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
/**
* PWM Fan Scaling
*
* Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
*
* With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
* to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
* current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
* Value 0 always turns off the fan.
*
* Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
*/
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
/**
* FAST PWM FAN Settings
*
* Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
* Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
* frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
*
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
* Set this to your desired frequency.
* If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
* ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
* These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
* NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
*
* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
* Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
* 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
* 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
* A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
* PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
*/
#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
//#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
#endif
// @section extruder
/**
* Extruder cooling fans
*
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
*
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
*
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
*/
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 9
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 100 // 255 == full speed
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
/**
* Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
*
* This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
* The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
* Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
*/
#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
/**
* M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
*/
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
//#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
//#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
//#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
//#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
#define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
#endif
#endif
// @section homing
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
// @section extras
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
#endif
/**
* Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
*
* This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
*
* For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
* spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
* set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
* that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
*
* Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
* this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
* in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
*/
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
//#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
//#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
//#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
#endif
#endif
/**
* Dual X Carriage
*
* This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
* The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
* "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
*
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
*
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
*
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
*
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
*
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
*/
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
//#define EXT_SOLENOID
// @section homing
// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
/**
* Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
* Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
* advanced commands.
*
* Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
* check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
*
* Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
* because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
* like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
*
* Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
*/
// Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
// Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
/**
* Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
*/
// Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
// in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
//#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
/**
* Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
* Summary:
* - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
* - High-Speed mode
* - Disable LCD voltage options
*/
/**
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
/**
* Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
* V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
* V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
* To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
/**
* Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
* Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
* This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
* If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
// Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
//#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
#endif // BLTOUCH
/**
* Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
* Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
*/
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
// Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } }
// Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
// Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
//#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
// Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
// the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
// Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
#else
// Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
// In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
// Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
#endif
// Set number of iterations to align
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
// Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
// On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
#define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
// Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
#endif
// @section motion
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
#define SLOWDOWN
// Frequency limit
// See nophead's blog for more info
// Not working O
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
//
// Backlash Compensation
// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
//
//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
// Define values for backlash distance and correction.
// If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
#define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
// Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
// to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
//#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
// Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
//#define BACKLASH_GCODE
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
// Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
#define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
#if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
// When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
// mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
// increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
#endif
#endif
#endif
/**
* Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
*
* Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
* conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
*
* G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
* on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
* and hotend offsets.
*
* Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
* ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
*/
//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
#define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
// The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
// Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
//#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
// The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
// Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
// auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
// Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
// probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
// Define pin which is read during calibration
#ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
//#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
#endif
#endif
/**
* Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
* below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
* vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
* lowest stepping frequencies.
*/
#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
/**
* Custom Microstepping
* Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
*/
//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
/**
* @section stepper motor current
*
* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
*
* The power on motor currents are set by:
* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
* known compatible chips: A4982
* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
* known compatible chips: AD5206
* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
* known compatible chips: MCP4728
* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
*
* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
* M907 - applies to all.
* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
*/
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
/**
* Common slave addresses:
*
* A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
* Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
* MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
*/
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
#endif
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
// @section lcd
#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
#define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
#define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
#endif
#endif
// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
#endif
// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
#endif
#if HAS_LCD_MENU
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
#endif
// BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
//#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
/**
* LED Control Menu
* Add LED Control to the LCD menu
*/
//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
#define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
#if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
#define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
//#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
#endif
#endif
#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
// Scroll a longer status message into view
#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
//#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
//#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
#if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
//#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
//#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
#endif
#endif
#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
#endif
#endif
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
// Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
// Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
#define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
/**
* Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
*
* Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
* during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
* point in the file.
*/
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
//#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
//#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
//#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
//#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
//#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
//#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
//#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
// Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
// especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
#define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
#endif
/**
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
*
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
* by name for easier navigation.
*
* By default...
*
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
*
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
* limit is exceeded.
*
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
*/
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
// SD Card Sorting options
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#endif
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
// Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
// Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
//#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
/**
* This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
* This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
* To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
*/
//#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
/**
* This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
* On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
* You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
*/
//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
/**
* Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
*/
//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
/**
* Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
* equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
* to Marlin as an SD card.
*
* The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
* the following pin mapping:
*
* SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
* INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
* SS --> SDSS
*
* [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
*/
//#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
#define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
#define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
/**
* USB Host Shield Library
*
* - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
* on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
*
* - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
* is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
* [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
*/
//#define USE_UHS3_USB
#endif
/**
* When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
* add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
*
* Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
*
* Tested with this bootloader:
* https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
*/
//#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
#if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
#endif
// Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
//#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
#if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
/**
* Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
*
* LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
* ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
* CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
*
* :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
*/
//#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
#endif
#endif // SDSUPPORT
/**
* By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
* storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
*/
//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
/**
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
*
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
*
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
*/
#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
// Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
//#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
// Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
//#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
/**
* ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
* the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
* Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
*
* Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
* message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
* length of time to display the status message before clearing.
*
* Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
* This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
*/
#if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
//#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
#if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
#define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
#endif
#endif
/**
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
*/
//#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
//#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
#define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
#define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
//#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
//#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
//#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
// Frivolous Game Options
//#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
//#define MARLIN_INVADERS
//#define MARLIN_SNAKE
//#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
//
// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
//
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
// Display board used
//#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
//#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
//#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
// Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
//#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
//#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
//#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
// Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
//#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
//#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
//#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
//#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
#if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
// The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
#define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
#define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
// If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
//#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
#if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
#endif
#endif
// Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
// is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
// portrait and mirrored orientations.
//#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
//#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
//#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
// UTF8 processing and rendering.
// Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
//#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
// Western accents support. These accented characters use
// combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
// Additional character groups. These characters require
// full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
#endif
#endif
// Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
#define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
// Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
// Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
// (recommended for smaller displays)
//#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
// Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
//#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
// Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
//#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
#endif
//
// FSMC Graphical TFT
//
#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
//#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
//#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
//#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
//#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
//#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
//#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
#endif
// @section safety
/**
* The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
* if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
*
* If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
* enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
* NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
* interrupts are enabled.
*/
#define USE_WATCHDOG
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
#endif
// @section lcd
/**
* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
*
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
*/
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
//#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 100 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
//#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
#endif
#endif
//#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
#endif
#endif
// @section extruder
/**
* Linear Pressure Control v1.5
*
* Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
* K=0 means advance disabled.
*
* NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
*
* Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
* Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
* If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
* print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
* Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
*/
#define LIN_ADVANCE
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
//#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
//#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
#endif
// @section leveling
/**
* Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
* Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
*/
#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
//#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
//#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 10
//#define PROBE_PT_2_X 90
//#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 10
//#define PROBE_PT_3_X 55
//#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 100
#endif
/**
* Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
* Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
* to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
* sides of the bed.
*
* If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
* LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
* RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
* (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
*
* This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
* should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
* probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
* the probe to be unable to reach any points.
*/
#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
#endif
#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
// Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
//#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
//#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
//#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
//#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
#endif
/**
* Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
* Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
*/
//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
#define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
#define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
/**
* Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
* between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
*/
#define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
#define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
#define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
#endif
// @section extras
//
// G2/G3 Arc Support
//
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
#define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
//#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
#endif
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
/**
* G38 Probe Target
*
* This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
* and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
* Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
*/
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
//#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
#endif
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
/**
* Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
* 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
* 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
* 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
* 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
* 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
* 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
* 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
* 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
/**
* Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
* 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
* 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
* 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
* 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
* 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
* 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0
/**
* Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
* If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
* 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
* 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
* 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
* 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
* 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
* 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
// @section temperature
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
//===========================================================================
//================================= Buffers =================================
//===========================================================================
// @section hidden
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
#else
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
#endif
// @section serial
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
#define BUFSIZE 4
// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
// Host Receive Buffer Size
// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
//#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
#endif
// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
// Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
// RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
//#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
// Enable this option to collect and display the number
// of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
//#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
#endif
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
//#define ADVANCED_OK
// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
// @section extras
/**
* Extra Fan Speed
* Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
* 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
* 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed
* 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
*/
//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
/**
* Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
*
* Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
* Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
*
* Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
* With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
* will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
*
* Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
*
* Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
*
*/
//#define FWRETRACT
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
#define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
#endif
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
#define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
//#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
#endif
#endif
/**
* Universal tool change settings.
* Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
*/
#if EXTRUDERS > 1
// Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
//#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
// Retract and prime filament on tool-change
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
#endif
/**
* Position to park head during tool change.
* Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
*/
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
#endif
#endif
/**
* Advanced Pause
* Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
* If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
*
* Requires an LCD display.
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
*/
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
#endif
// @section tmc
/**
* TMC26X Stepper Driver options
*
* The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
* https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
*/
#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
#define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
#define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
#define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#endif // TMC26X
// @section tmc_smart
/**
* To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
* connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
* the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
* pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
* You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
*
* To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
* to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
* To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
* a resistor.
* The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
*
* TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
*/
#if HAS_TRINAMIC
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
#define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
#define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
#define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
#define X_RSENSE 0.11
#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
#define X2_CURRENT 800
#define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define X2_RSENSE 0.11
#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
#define Y_CURRENT 800
#define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Y_RSENSE 0.11
#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
#define Y2_CURRENT 800
#define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
#define Z_CURRENT 800
#define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z_RSENSE 0.11
#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
#define Z2_CURRENT 800
#define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
#define Z3_CURRENT 800
#define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
#define E0_CURRENT 800
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E0_RSENSE 0.11
#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
#define E1_CURRENT 800
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E1_RSENSE 0.11
#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
#define E2_CURRENT 800
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E2_RSENSE 0.11
#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
#define E3_CURRENT 800
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E3_RSENSE 0.11
#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
#define E4_CURRENT 800
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E4_RSENSE 0.11
#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
#define E5_CURRENT 800
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E5_RSENSE 0.11
#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
/**
* Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
* The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
*/
//#define X_CS_PIN -1
//#define Y_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z_CS_PIN -1
//#define X2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
//#define E0_CS_PIN -1
//#define E1_CS_PIN -1
//#define E2_CS_PIN -1
//#define E3_CS_PIN -1
//#define E4_CS_PIN -1
//#define E5_CS_PIN -1
/**
* Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
* The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
* but you can override or define them here.
*/
//#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
//#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
//#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
//#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
/**
* Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
* Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
* Address | MS1 | MS2
* 0 | LOW | LOW
* 1 | HIGH | LOW
* 2 | LOW | HIGH
* 3 | HIGH | HIGH
*
* Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
* on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
*/
#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
/**
* Software enable
*
* Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
* function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
*/
//#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
/**
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
*/
#define STEALTHCHOP_XY
#define STEALTHCHOP_Z
#define STEALTHCHOP_E
/**
* Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
* or with the help of an example included in the library.
* Provided parameter sets are
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
* CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
* CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
*
* Define you own with
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
*/
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
/**
* Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
* like overtemperature and short to ground.
* In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
* Relevant g-codes:
* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
* M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
*/
//#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
#define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
#define STOP_ON_ERROR
#endif
/**
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
* STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
*/
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
/**
* Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
*
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
* Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
* X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
*
* X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
* Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
*
* Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
* HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
* LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
*
* It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
*
* SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
* Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
* Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
*
* IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
* homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
*
* TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING
*/
//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
/**
* Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
*
* CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
* to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
*/
//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
#if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
// TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
#define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
#define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
#define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
//#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE
//#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
#endif
/**
* Beta feature!
* Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
*/
//#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
/**
* Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
* M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
*/
//#define TMC_DEBUG
/**
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
*
* Example:
* #define TMC_ADV() { \
* stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
* stepperY.intpol(0); \
* }
*/
#define TMC_ADV() { }
#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
// @section L6470
/**
* L6470 Stepper Driver options
*
* Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
* https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
*
* Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
* L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
* L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
*/
#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
//#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
#define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
#define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI)
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
/**
* Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
* In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
* Relevant g-codes:
* M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
* I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
* I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
* I3 - Z3 or E3
* I4 - E4
* I5 - E5
* M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
* M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
* M918 - Increase speed until max or error
* M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
*/
//#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
#define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
//#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
#endif
#endif // L6470
/**
* TWI/I2C BUS
*
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
* devices on the bus.
*
* ; Example #1
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
* M260 B77 ; M
* M260 B97 ; a
* M260 B114 ; r
* M260 B108 ; l
* M260 B105 ; i
* M260 B110 ; n
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
*
* ; Example #2
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
* M261 A99 B5
*
* ; Example #3
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
*/
// @section i2cbus
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
// @section extras
/**
* Photo G-code
* Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
* The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
*/
//#define PHOTO_GCODE
#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
// A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
//#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
//#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
//#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
// Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
// Canon Hack Development Kit
// http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
//#define CHDK_PIN 4
// Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
// Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
#endif
/**
* Spindle & Laser control
*
* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
*
* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
*
* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
*/
//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
//#define LASER_FEATURE
#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
#define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
//#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
/**
* The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
*
* SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
* where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
*
* set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
*/
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
#else
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
#endif
#endif
/**
* Coolant Control
*
* Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
*
* Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
*/
//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
#define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
#define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
#define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
#define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
#endif
/**
* Filament Width Sensor
*
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
*
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
* volume.
*
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
*
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
*
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
#define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
#endif
/**
* CNC Coordinate Systems
*
* Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
* and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
*/
//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
/**
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
*/
#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
/**
* Include capabilities in M115 output
*/
#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
/**
* Expected Printer Check
* Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
* M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
*/
//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
/**
* Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
*/
//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
/**
* Volumetric extrusion default state
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
*
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
*/
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
#endif
/**
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
*
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
*/
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
/**
* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
*
* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
*/
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
/**
* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
*/
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
/**
* CNC G-code options
* Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
* Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
* High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
*/
//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
//#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
#endif
/**
* Startup commands
*
* Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
*/
//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
/**
* G-code Macros
*
* Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
* Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
*/
//#define GCODE_MACROS
#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
#endif
/**
* User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
*/
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
//#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
#define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
#define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
#define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
#define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
#define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
#define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
#define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
#define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
#endif
/**
* Host Action Commands
*
* Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
*
* See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
* Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
* G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
*
* Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
*
* Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
* filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
*/
//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
//#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
#endif
/**
* Cancel Objects
*
* Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
*/
//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
/**
* I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
* Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
*
* Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
* Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
*
* Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
* Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
*
* Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
*/
//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
// encoders supported currently.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
// I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
// 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
// for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
// printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
// smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
// measurement noise / latency (filter).
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
// disable abort behavior.
#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
// for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
// is trusted again.
/**
* Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
* this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
* error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
*/
#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
// Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
/**
* Analog Joystick(s)
*/
//#define JOYSTICK
#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
#define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
#define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
#define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
#define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
// Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware:
#define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
#define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
#define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
#endif
/**
* MAX7219 Debug Matrix
*
* Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
* Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
*/
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
//#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
#define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
#define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
#define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
// connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
//#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
//#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
/**
* Sample debug features
* If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
*/
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
// If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
// tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
#endif
/**
* NanoDLP Sync support
*
* Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
* string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
* [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
*/
//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
//#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
// Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
#endif
/**
* WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
*/
//#define WIFISUPPORT
#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
#define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
#define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
//#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
//#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
#endif
/**
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
* Enable in Configuration.h
*/
#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
// Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
// For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
// For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
#define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
// Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
//#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
// Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
//#define MMU2_MODE_12V
// G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
#define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
// Add an LCD menu for MMU2
//#define MMU2_MENUS
#if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
// Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
// This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
#define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
#define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
{ 7.2, 562 }, \
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
{ 36.0, 1393 }, \
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
{ 50.0, 198 }
#define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
{ 1.0, 1000 }, \
{ 1.0, 1500 }, \
{ 2.0, 2000 }, \
{ 1.5, 3000 }, \
{ 2.5, 4000 }, \
{ -15.0, 5000 }, \
{ -14.0, 1200 }, \
{ -6.0, 600 }, \
{ 10.0, 700 }, \
{ -10.0, 400 }, \
{ -50.0, 2000 }
#endif
//#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
/**
* Advanced Print Counter settings
*/
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
#define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
// Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
//#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
//#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
//#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
#endif
// @section develop
/**
* M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
*/
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE

2213
config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,2213 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
*/
#pragma once
/**
* Configuration.h
*
* Basic settings such as:
*
* - Type of electronics
* - Type of temperature sensor
* - Printer geometry
* - Endstop configuration
* - LCD controller
* - Extra features
*
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
*
*/
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
//===========================================================================
//============================= Getting Started =============================
//===========================================================================
/**
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
*
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
*/
//===========================================================================
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
//
//===========================================================================
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
//
// @section info
// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
/**
* *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
*
* Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
* With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
* by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
*
* We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
* respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
*/
// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
// @section machine
/**
* Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
* Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
*/
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
/**
* Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
* Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
*/
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
/**
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
*
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
* You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
*
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
*/
#define BAUDRATE 115200
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
//#define BLUETOOTH
// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
#endif
#define FAN_PIN -1
#define KILL_PIN 64
// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "RF100"
// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
// @section extruder
// This defines the number of extruders
// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
#define EXTRUDERS 1
// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
/**
* Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
*
* This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
* two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
* for extruders.
*
* This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
* Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
*/
//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
// Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
// Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
//#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
//#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
//#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
#endif
/**
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
*
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
* Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
*
* For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
*/
//#define PRUSA_MMU2
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
#if EXTRUDERS > 3
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
#endif
#endif
// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
#endif
/**
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
* via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
*/
//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
/**
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
* via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
*
* project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
* movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
* https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
*/
//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
#define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
#define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
#define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
#endif
#endif
/**
* Switching Toolhead
*
* Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
* the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
*/
//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
/**
* Magnetic Switching Toolhead
*
* Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
* docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
*/
//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
/**
* Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
*
* Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
* Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
* Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
*/
//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
//#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
#if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
#endif
#elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
#endif
#endif
/**
* "Mixing Extruder"
* - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
* - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
* - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
*/
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
// @section machine
/**
* Power Supply Control
*
* Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
* Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
*/
//#define PSU_CONTROL
//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
#define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
//#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
#if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
#define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
#define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
//#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
//#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
#define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
#endif
#endif
// @section temperature
//===========================================================================
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
/**
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
*
* Temperature sensors available:
*
* -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
* -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
* 0 : not used
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
* 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
* 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
* 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
* 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
* 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
* 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
* 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
* 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
* 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
* 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
*
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
*
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
*
* 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
*
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
*/
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
//===========================================================================
//============================= PID Settings ================================
//===========================================================================
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
#define PIDTEMP
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
//#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
// Ultimaker
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
// MakerGear
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
#endif // PIDTEMP
//===========================================================================
//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
//===========================================================================
/**
* PID Bed Heating
*
* If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
* If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
*
* The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
* If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
* which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
* impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
* heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
* the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
*/
//#define PIDTEMPBED
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
/**
* Max Bed Power
* Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
* When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
* so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
*/
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
//#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from pidautotune
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
// @section extruder
/**
* Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
* Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
* cold extrusion prevention on and off.
*
* *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
*/
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
/**
* Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
*/
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
//===========================================================================
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
//===========================================================================
/**
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
*
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
* the heater on.
*
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
*/
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
//===========================================================================
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
//===========================================================================
// @section machine
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
// either in the usual order or reversed
//#define COREXY
//#define COREXZ
//#define COREYZ
//#define COREYX
//#define COREZX
//#define COREZY
//===========================================================================
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
//===========================================================================
// @section homing
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
#endif
// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
#endif
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
/**
* Stepper Drivers
*
* These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
* stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
*
* A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
*
* Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
* TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
* TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
* TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
* TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
*/
//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
/**
* Endstop Noise Threshold
*
* Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
*
* - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
* - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
* - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
* based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
*
* :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
*/
//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
//=============================================================================
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
//=============================================================================
// @section motion
/**
* Default Settings
*
* These settings can be reset by M502
*
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
*/
/**
* With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
* following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
* total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
*/
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
/**
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
* Override with M92
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.82, 78.82, 800, 115 }
/**
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
* Override with M203
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 20, 25 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
#define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
#endif
/**
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
* Override with M201
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 10000 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
#define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
#endif
/**
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
* Override with M204
*
* M204 P Acceleration
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
*/
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
/**
* Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
*
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
*/
//#define CLASSIC_JERK
#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
//#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
#define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
#endif
#endif
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
/**
* Junction Deviation Factor
*
* See:
* https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
* http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
*/
#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#endif
/**
* S-Curve Acceleration
*
* This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
* curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
*
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
*/
#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
//===========================================================================
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
//===========================================================================
// @section probes
//
// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
//
/**
* Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
*
* Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
*/
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
/**
* Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
*
* Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
* If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
* will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
*
* - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
* - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
*
* - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
* - For simple switches connect...
* - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
* - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
*
*/
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
/**
* Probe Type
*
* Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
* Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
*/
/**
* The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
* Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
* or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
*/
#define PROBE_MANUALLY
//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
/**
* A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
* (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
*/
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
/**
* Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
*/
//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
/**
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH
/**
* Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
*
* This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
* By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
* on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
*
* Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
* and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
*/
//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
#define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
//#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
//#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
#endif
// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
#define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
#define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
#endif
//
// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
//
/**
* Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
*
* In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
*
* #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
*
* +-- BACK ---+
* | |
* L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
* E | | I
* F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
* T | | H
* | (-) | T
* | |
* O-- FRONT --+
* (0,0)
*
* Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
*/
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
/**
* Multiple Probing
*
* You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
* With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
*
* A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
* A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
*/
//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
/**
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
*
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
* probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
*
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
*/
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
//#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
#endif
/**
* Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
* Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
* noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
* These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
* readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
*/
//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
//#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
#endif
//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
#define DISABLE_X false
#define DISABLE_Y false
#define DISABLE_Z false
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
// @section extruder
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
// @section machine
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
// @section extruder
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
// @section homing
//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR 1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
// @section machine
// The size of the print bed
#define X_BED_SIZE 200
#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
/**
* Software Endstops
*
* - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
* - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
* - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
* - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
*/
// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
#endif
// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
#endif
#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
//#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#endif
/**
* Filament Runout Sensors
* Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
*
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
// Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
// (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
// After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
// before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
// a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
#ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
// Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
// as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
// large enough to avoid false positives.)
//#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
#endif
#endif
//===========================================================================
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
//===========================================================================
// @section calibrate
/**
* Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
* and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
*
* If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
* Probe several points in a grid.
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
* Probe several points in a grid.
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
* A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
* of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
* Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
*
* - MESH_BED_LEVELING
* Probe a grid manually
* The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
* For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
* leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
* With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
*/
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
/**
* Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
* this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
*/
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
/**
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
*/
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
// For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
// split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
// contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
/**
* Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
*/
//#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
#define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
#define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#endif
#endif
#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
//
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
//
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
#endif
#endif
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
//===========================================================================
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
//===========================================================================
//#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
#define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
#define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
//#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
// as the Z-Height correction value.
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
//===========================================================================
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
//===========================================================================
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
#endif // BED_LEVELING
/**
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
*/
#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
//#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#endif
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
//#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
#endif
/**
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
*/
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
// @section homing
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
//
// With this feature enabled:
//
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
//
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
#endif
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
// @section calibrate
/**
* Bed Skew Compensation
*
* This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
*
* Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
* 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
* 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
* 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
* 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
*
* Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
* Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
*
* - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
* - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
*
* If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
* Use these diagrams for reference:
*
* Y Z Z
* ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
* | / / | / / | / /
* | / / | / / | / /
* | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
* +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
* XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
*/
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
// Input all length measurements here:
#define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define XY_SIDE_AD 200
// Or, set the default skew factors directly here
// to override the above measurements:
#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
#define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
#endif
// Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
#endif
//=============================================================================
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
//=============================================================================
// @section extras
/**
* EEPROM
*
* Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
*
* M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
* M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
* M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
*/
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
//#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
#endif
//
// Host Keepalive
//
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
//
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
//
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
//
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
//
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
//
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
//
// M149 Set temperature units support
//
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
// @section temperature
// Preheat Constants
#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255
#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255
/**
* Nozzle Park
*
* Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
*
* The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
*
* P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
*/
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
#define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
#define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
#endif
/**
* Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
*
* Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
*
* Parameters:
* P Pattern
* S Strokes / Repetitions
* T Triangles (P1 only)
*
* Patterns:
* P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
* at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
* between the start / end points.
*
* P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
* number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
* Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
* For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
*
* --
* | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
* A | | / \ / \ / \ |
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
* | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
* -- +--------------------------------+
* |________|_________|_________|
* T1 T2 T3
*
* P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
* "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
* Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
*
* Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
* Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
*
*/
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
// Default number of pattern repetitions
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
// Default number of triangles
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
// Circular pattern radius
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
// Middle point of circle
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
// Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
// Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
#endif
/**
* Print Job Timer
*
* Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
*
* M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
* M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
* M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
*
* The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
*
* M75 - Start the print job timer
* M76 - Pause the print job timer
* M77 - Stop the print job timer
*/
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
/**
* Print Counter
*
* Track statistical data such as:
*
* - Total print jobs
* - Total successful print jobs
* - Total failed print jobs
* - Total time printing
*
* View the current statistics with M78.
*/
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
//=============================================================================
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
//=============================================================================
// @section lcd
/**
* LCD LANGUAGE
*
* Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
*
* en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
* ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
*
* :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
*/
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
/**
* LCD Character Set
*
* Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
*
* All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
* language extensions:
*
* - JAPANESE ... the most common
* - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
* - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
*
* To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
*
* - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
* - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
* - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
*
* :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
*/
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
/**
* Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
*
* :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
*/
#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
/**
* SD CARD
*
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
*
*/
#define SDSUPPORT
/**
* SD CARD: SPI SPEED
*
* Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
* This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
*/
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
/**
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
*
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
*/
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
/**
* LCD Menu Items
*
* Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
* just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
*/
//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
//
// ENCODER SETTINGS
//
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
//
#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
//
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
// move between next/prev menu items.
//
#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
/**
* Encoder Direction Options
*
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
*
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
*/
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
//
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
//
#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
//
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
//
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
//
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
//
//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
//
// Individual Axis Homing
//
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
//
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
//
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
//
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
//
//#define SPEAKER
//
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
//
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
//
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
//=============================================================================
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
//=============================================================================
//
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
//
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
//
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
//
//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
//
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
//
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
//
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
//
//#define ULTIPANEL
//
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
//
//#define PANEL_ONE
//
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
//
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
//
//#define G3D_PANEL
//
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
// http://www.inventapart.com/
//
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
//
// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
//
//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
//
// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
//
//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
// This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
// which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
// This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
//
// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
//
//#define ULTRA_LCD
//=============================================================================
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
//=============================================================================
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
//
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
//
//
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
//
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
//
// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
//
// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
//
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
//
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
//
//#define LCM1602
//
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
// separate encoder and click inputs.
//
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
//
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
//
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
//
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
//
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
//
//
// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
//
//#define SAV_3DLCD
//
// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
//
//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
//=============================================================================
//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
//=============================================================================
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
//
// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
//
//
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
//
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
//
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
//
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
// http://panucatt.com
//
//#define VIKI2
//#define miniVIKI
//
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
//
//#define MINIPANEL
//
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
//
//#define MAKRPANEL
//
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
//
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
//
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
//
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// Cartesio UI
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
//
//#define CARTESIO_UI
//
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
//
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
//
// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
//
//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
//
// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
//
//#define MKS_MINI_12864
//
// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
//
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
//
// Factory display for Creality CR-10
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
//
// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
//
//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
//
// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
//
// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
//
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
//
// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
//
//#define AZSMZ_12864
//
// Silvergate GLCD controller
// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
//
//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
//=============================================================================
//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
//=============================================================================
//
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
//
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
//
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
//
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
//#define U8GLIB_SH1106
#endif
//
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
//
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
//
// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
//
// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
//
//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
//
// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
//
//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
//
// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
//
//#define OVERLORD_OLED
//=============================================================================
//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
//=============================================================================
//
// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
//
//#define DGUS_LCD
//
// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
//
//#define MALYAN_LCD
//
// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
//
//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
//
// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
//
//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
//=============================================================================
//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
//=============================================================================
//
// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
//
//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
//=============================================================================
//============================ Other Controllers ============================
//=============================================================================
//
// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
//
//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
#define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
#define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
#define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
#define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
#define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
#define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
#endif
//
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
//
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
//=============================================================================
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
//=============================================================================
// @section extras
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
// duty cycle is attained.
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
//#define BARICUDA
// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
//#define BLINKM
// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
//#define PCA9632
// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
//#define PCA9533
/**
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
*
* Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
* an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
*
* Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
* If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
* luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
* For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
*
* *** CAUTION ***
* LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
* as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
* Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
* NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
* more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
* *** CAUTION ***
*
* LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
*
*/
//#define RGB_LED
//#define RGBW_LED
#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
//#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
//#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
//#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
//#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
#endif
// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
#define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
//#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
//#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
#define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
#define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
//#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
// Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
//#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
//#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
#endif
/**
* Printer Event LEDs
*
* During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
*
* - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
* - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
* - Change to white to illuminate work surface
* - Change to green once print has finished
* - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
*/
#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
#endif
/**
* R/C SERVO support
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
*/
/**
* Number of servos
*
* For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
* Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
* Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
*/
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES

2867
config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,2867 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
*/
#pragma once
/**
* Configuration_adv.h
*
* Advanced settings.
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
*
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
*
*/
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
// @section temperature
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
//
// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
//
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
#define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
#define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
#define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
#define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
#define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
#define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
#define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
#define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
//
// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
//
//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
#undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
#endif
/**
* Heated Chamber settings
*/
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
#define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
#endif
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
#endif
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
*
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
* the heater on.
*
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
* long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
*
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
* THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
//#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
#if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
//#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
#endif
/**
* Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
* firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
* hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
* requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
* if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
* test.
*
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
* and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
* below 2.
*/
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
/**
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
*/
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
/**
* Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
*/
#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
// Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
// A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
#endif
/**
* Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
* A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
* You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
* or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
*
* Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
* A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
* kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
* where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
*
* Example:
* Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
* Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
*
* Fan-speed dependent compensation
* --------------------------------
* 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
* Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
* If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
* drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
* 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
* 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
* 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
* 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
* PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
*/
//#define PID_FAN_SCALING
#if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
//#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
#if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
// The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
// Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
// DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
#else
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
#define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#endif
#endif
#endif
/**
* Automatic Temperature:
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
*/
#define AUTOTEMP
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
#endif
// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
//#define M114_DETAIL
// Show Temperature ADC value
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
/**
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
*
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
* and force stop everything.
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
* aberrant readings.
*
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
*/
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
// @section extruder
// Extruder runout prevention.
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
#endif
// @section temperature
// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
/**
* Controller Fan
* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
*
* The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
* and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
*/
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
//#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
#endif
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
/**
* PWM Fan Scaling
*
* Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
*
* With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
* to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
* current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
* Value 0 always turns off the fan.
*
* Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
*/
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
/**
* FAST PWM FAN Settings
*
* Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
* Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
* frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
*
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
* Set this to your desired frequency.
* If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
* ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
* These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
* NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
*
* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
* Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
* 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
* 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
* A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
* PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
*/
#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
//#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
#endif
// @section extruder
/**
* Extruder cooling fans
*
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
*
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
*
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
*/
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 9
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 100 // 255 == full speed
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
/**
* Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
*
* This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
* The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
* Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
*/
#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
/**
* M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
*/
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
//#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
//#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
//#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
//#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
#define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
#endif
#endif
// @section homing
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
// @section extras
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
#endif
/**
* Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
*
* This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
*
* For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
* spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
* set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
* that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
*
* Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
* this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
* in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
*/
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
//#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
//#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
//#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
#endif
#endif
/**
* Dual X Carriage
*
* This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
* The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
* "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
*
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
*
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
*
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
*
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
*
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
*/
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
//#define EXT_SOLENOID
// @section homing
// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
/**
* Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
* Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
* advanced commands.
*
* Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
* check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
*
* Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
* because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
* like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
*
* Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
*/
// Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
// Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
/**
* Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
*/
// Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
// in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
//#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
/**
* Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
* Summary:
* - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
* - High-Speed mode
* - Disable LCD voltage options
*/
/**
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
/**
* Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
* V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
* V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
* To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
/**
* Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
* Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
* This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
* If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
// Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
//#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
#endif // BLTOUCH
/**
* Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
* Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
*/
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
// Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } }
// Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
// Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
//#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
// Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
// the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
// Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
#else
// Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
// In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
// Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
#endif
// Set number of iterations to align
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
// Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
// On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
#define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
// Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
#endif
// @section motion
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
#define SLOWDOWN
// Frequency limit
// See nophead's blog for more info
// Not working O
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
//
// Backlash Compensation
// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
//
//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
// Define values for backlash distance and correction.
// If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
#define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
// Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
// to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
//#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
// Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
//#define BACKLASH_GCODE
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
// Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
#define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
#if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
// When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
// mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
// increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
#endif
#endif
#endif
/**
* Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
*
* Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
* conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
*
* G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
* on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
* and hotend offsets.
*
* Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
* ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
*/
//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
#define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
// The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
// Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
//#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
// The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
// Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
// auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
// Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
// probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
// Define pin which is read during calibration
#ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
//#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
#endif
#endif
/**
* Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
* below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
* vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
* lowest stepping frequencies.
*/
#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
/**
* Custom Microstepping
* Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
*/
//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
/**
* @section stepper motor current
*
* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
*
* The power on motor currents are set by:
* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
* known compatible chips: A4982
* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
* known compatible chips: AD5206
* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
* known compatible chips: MCP4728
* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
*
* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
* M907 - applies to all.
* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
*/
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
/**
* Common slave addresses:
*
* A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
* Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
* MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
*/
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
#endif
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
// @section lcd
#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
#define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
#define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
#endif
#endif
// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
#endif
// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
#endif
#if HAS_LCD_MENU
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
#endif
// BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
//#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
/**
* LED Control Menu
* Add LED Control to the LCD menu
*/
//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
#define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
#if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
#define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
//#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
#endif
#endif
#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
// Scroll a longer status message into view
#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
//#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
//#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
#if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
//#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
//#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
#endif
#endif
#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
#endif
#endif
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
// Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
// Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
#define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
/**
* Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
*
* Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
* during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
* point in the file.
*/
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
//#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
//#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
//#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
//#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
//#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
//#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
//#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
// Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
// especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
#define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
#endif
/**
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
*
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
* by name for easier navigation.
*
* By default...
*
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
*
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
* limit is exceeded.
*
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
*/
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
// SD Card Sorting options
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#endif
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
// Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
// Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
//#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
/**
* This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
* This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
* To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
*/
//#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
/**
* This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
* On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
* You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
*/
//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
/**
* Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
*/
//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
/**
* Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
* equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
* to Marlin as an SD card.
*
* The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
* the following pin mapping:
*
* SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
* INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
* SS --> SDSS
*
* [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
*/
//#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
#define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
#define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
/**
* USB Host Shield Library
*
* - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
* on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
*
* - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
* is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
* [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
*/
//#define USE_UHS3_USB
#endif
/**
* When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
* add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
*
* Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
*
* Tested with this bootloader:
* https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
*/
//#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
#if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
#endif
// Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
//#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
#if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
/**
* Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
*
* LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
* ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
* CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
*
* :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
*/
//#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
#endif
#endif // SDSUPPORT
/**
* By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
* storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
*/
//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
/**
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
*
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
*
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
*/
#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
// Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
//#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
// Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
//#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
/**
* ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
* the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
* Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
*
* Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
* message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
* length of time to display the status message before clearing.
*
* Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
* This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
*/
#if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
//#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
#if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
#define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
#endif
#endif
/**
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
*/
//#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
//#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
#define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
#define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
//#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
//#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
//#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
// Frivolous Game Options
//#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
//#define MARLIN_INVADERS
//#define MARLIN_SNAKE
//#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
//
// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
//
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
// Display board used
//#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
//#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
//#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
// Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
//#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
//#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
//#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
// Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
//#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
//#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
//#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
//#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
#if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
// The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
#define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
#define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
// If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
//#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
#if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
#endif
#endif
// Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
// is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
// portrait and mirrored orientations.
//#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
//#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
//#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
// UTF8 processing and rendering.
// Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
//#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
// Western accents support. These accented characters use
// combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
// Additional character groups. These characters require
// full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
#endif
#endif
// Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
#define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
// Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
// Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
// (recommended for smaller displays)
//#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
// Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
//#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
// Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
//#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
#endif
//
// FSMC Graphical TFT
//
#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
//#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
//#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
//#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
//#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
//#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
//#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
#endif
// @section safety
/**
* The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
* if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
*
* If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
* enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
* NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
* interrupts are enabled.
*/
#define USE_WATCHDOG
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
#endif
// @section lcd
/**
* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
*
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
*/
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
//#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 100 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
//#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
#endif
#endif
//#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
#endif
#endif
// @section extruder
/**
* Linear Pressure Control v1.5
*
* Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
* K=0 means advance disabled.
*
* NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
*
* Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
* Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
* If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
* print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
* Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
*/
#define LIN_ADVANCE
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
//#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
//#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
#endif
// @section leveling
/**
* Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
* Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
*/
#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
//#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
//#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 10
//#define PROBE_PT_2_X 90
//#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 10
//#define PROBE_PT_3_X 55
//#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 100
#endif
/**
* Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
* Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
* to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
* sides of the bed.
*
* If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
* LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
* RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
* (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
*
* This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
* should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
* probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
* the probe to be unable to reach any points.
*/
#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
#endif
#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
// Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
//#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
//#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
//#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
//#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
#endif
/**
* Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
* Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
*/
//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
#define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
#define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
/**
* Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
* between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
*/
#define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
#define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
#define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
#endif
// @section extras
//
// G2/G3 Arc Support
//
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
#define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
//#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
#endif
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
/**
* G38 Probe Target
*
* This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
* and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
* Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
*/
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
//#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
#endif
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
/**
* Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
* 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
* 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
* 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
* 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
* 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
* 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
* 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
* 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
/**
* Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
* 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
* 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
* 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
* 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
* 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
* 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0
/**
* Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
* If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
* 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
* 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
* 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
* 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
* 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
* 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
// @section temperature
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
//===========================================================================
//================================= Buffers =================================
//===========================================================================
// @section hidden
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
#else
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
#endif
// @section serial
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
#define BUFSIZE 4
// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
// Host Receive Buffer Size
// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
//#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
#endif
// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
// Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
// RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
//#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
// Enable this option to collect and display the number
// of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
//#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
#endif
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
//#define ADVANCED_OK
// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
// @section extras
/**
* Extra Fan Speed
* Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
* 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
* 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed
* 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
*/
//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
/**
* Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
*
* Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
* Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
*
* Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
* With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
* will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
*
* Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
*
* Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
*
*/
//#define FWRETRACT
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
#define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
#endif
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
#define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
//#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
#endif
#endif
/**
* Universal tool change settings.
* Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
*/
#if EXTRUDERS > 1
// Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
//#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
// Retract and prime filament on tool-change
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
#endif
/**
* Position to park head during tool change.
* Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
*/
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
#endif
#endif
/**
* Advanced Pause
* Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
* If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
*
* Requires an LCD display.
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
*/
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
#endif
// @section tmc
/**
* TMC26X Stepper Driver options
*
* The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
* https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
*/
#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
#define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
#define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
#define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#endif // TMC26X
// @section tmc_smart
/**
* To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
* connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
* the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
* pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
* You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
*
* To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
* to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
* To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
* a resistor.
* The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
*
* TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
*/
#if HAS_TRINAMIC
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
#define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
#define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
#define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
#define X_RSENSE 0.11
#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
#define X2_CURRENT 800
#define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define X2_RSENSE 0.11
#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
#define Y_CURRENT 800
#define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Y_RSENSE 0.11
#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
#define Y2_CURRENT 800
#define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
#define Z_CURRENT 800
#define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z_RSENSE 0.11
#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
#define Z2_CURRENT 800
#define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
#define Z3_CURRENT 800
#define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
#define E0_CURRENT 800
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E0_RSENSE 0.11
#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
#define E1_CURRENT 800
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E1_RSENSE 0.11
#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
#define E2_CURRENT 800
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E2_RSENSE 0.11
#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
#define E3_CURRENT 800
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E3_RSENSE 0.11
#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
#define E4_CURRENT 800
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E4_RSENSE 0.11
#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
#define E5_CURRENT 800
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E5_RSENSE 0.11
#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
/**
* Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
* The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
*/
//#define X_CS_PIN -1
//#define Y_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z_CS_PIN -1
//#define X2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
//#define E0_CS_PIN -1
//#define E1_CS_PIN -1
//#define E2_CS_PIN -1
//#define E3_CS_PIN -1
//#define E4_CS_PIN -1
//#define E5_CS_PIN -1
/**
* Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
* The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
* but you can override or define them here.
*/
//#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
//#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
//#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
//#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
/**
* Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
* Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
* Address | MS1 | MS2
* 0 | LOW | LOW
* 1 | HIGH | LOW
* 2 | LOW | HIGH
* 3 | HIGH | HIGH
*
* Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
* on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
*/
#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
/**
* Software enable
*
* Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
* function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
*/
//#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
/**
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
*/
#define STEALTHCHOP_XY
#define STEALTHCHOP_Z
#define STEALTHCHOP_E
/**
* Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
* or with the help of an example included in the library.
* Provided parameter sets are
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
* CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
* CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
*
* Define you own with
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
*/
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
/**
* Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
* like overtemperature and short to ground.
* In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
* Relevant g-codes:
* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
* M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
*/
//#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
#define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
#define STOP_ON_ERROR
#endif
/**
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
* STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
*/
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
/**
* Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
*
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
* Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
* X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
*
* X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
* Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
*
* Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
* HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
* LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
*
* It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
*
* SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
* Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
* Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
*
* IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
* homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
*
* TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING
*/
//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
/**
* Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
*
* CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
* to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
*/
//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
#if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
// TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
#define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
#define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
#define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
//#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE
//#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
#endif
/**
* Beta feature!
* Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
*/
//#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
/**
* Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
* M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
*/
//#define TMC_DEBUG
/**
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
*
* Example:
* #define TMC_ADV() { \
* stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
* stepperY.intpol(0); \
* }
*/
#define TMC_ADV() { }
#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
// @section L6470
/**
* L6470 Stepper Driver options
*
* Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
* https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
*
* Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
* L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
* L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
*/
#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
//#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
#define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
#define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI)
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
/**
* Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
* In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
* Relevant g-codes:
* M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
* I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
* I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
* I3 - Z3 or E3
* I4 - E4
* I5 - E5
* M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
* M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
* M918 - Increase speed until max or error
* M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
*/
//#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
#define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
//#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
#endif
#endif // L6470
/**
* TWI/I2C BUS
*
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
* devices on the bus.
*
* ; Example #1
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
* M260 B77 ; M
* M260 B97 ; a
* M260 B114 ; r
* M260 B108 ; l
* M260 B105 ; i
* M260 B110 ; n
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
*
* ; Example #2
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
* M261 A99 B5
*
* ; Example #3
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
*/
// @section i2cbus
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
// @section extras
/**
* Photo G-code
* Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
* The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
*/
//#define PHOTO_GCODE
#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
// A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
//#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
//#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
//#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
// Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
// Canon Hack Development Kit
// http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
//#define CHDK_PIN 4
// Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
// Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
#endif
/**
* Spindle & Laser control
*
* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
*
* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
*
* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
*/
//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
//#define LASER_FEATURE
#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
#define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
//#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
/**
* The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
*
* SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
* where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
*
* set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
*/
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
#else
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
#endif
#endif
/**
* Coolant Control
*
* Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
*
* Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
*/
//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
#define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
#define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
#define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
#define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
#endif
/**
* Filament Width Sensor
*
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
*
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
* volume.
*
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
*
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
*
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
#define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
#endif
/**
* CNC Coordinate Systems
*
* Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
* and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
*/
//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
/**
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
*/
#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
/**
* Include capabilities in M115 output
*/
#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
/**
* Expected Printer Check
* Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
* M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
*/
//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
/**
* Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
*/
//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
/**
* Volumetric extrusion default state
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
*
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
*/
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
#endif
/**
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
*
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
*/
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
/**
* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
*
* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
*/
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
/**
* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
*/
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
/**
* CNC G-code options
* Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
* Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
* High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
*/
//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
//#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
#endif
/**
* Startup commands
*
* Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
*/
//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
/**
* G-code Macros
*
* Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
* Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
*/
//#define GCODE_MACROS
#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
#endif
/**
* User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
*/
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
//#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
#define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
#define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
#define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
#define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
#define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
#define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
#define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
#define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
#endif
/**
* Host Action Commands
*
* Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
*
* See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
* Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
* G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
*
* Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
*
* Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
* filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
*/
//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
//#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
#endif
/**
* Cancel Objects
*
* Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
*/
//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
/**
* I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
* Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
*
* Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
* Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
*
* Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
* Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
*
* Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
*/
//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
// encoders supported currently.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
// I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
// 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
// for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
// printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
// smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
// measurement noise / latency (filter).
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
// disable abort behavior.
#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
// for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
// is trusted again.
/**
* Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
* this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
* error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
*/
#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
// Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
/**
* Analog Joystick(s)
*/
//#define JOYSTICK
#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
#define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
#define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
#define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
#define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
// Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware:
#define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
#define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
#define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
#endif
/**
* MAX7219 Debug Matrix
*
* Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
* Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
*/
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
//#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
#define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
#define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
#define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
// connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
//#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
//#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
/**
* Sample debug features
* If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
*/
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
// If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
// tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
#endif
/**
* NanoDLP Sync support
*
* Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
* string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
* [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
*/
//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
//#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
// Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
#endif
/**
* WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
*/
//#define WIFISUPPORT
#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
#define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
#define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
//#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
//#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
#endif
/**
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
* Enable in Configuration.h
*/
#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
// Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
// For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
// For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
#define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
// Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
//#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
// Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
//#define MMU2_MODE_12V
// G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
#define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
// Add an LCD menu for MMU2
//#define MMU2_MENUS
#if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
// Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
// This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
#define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
#define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
{ 7.2, 562 }, \
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
{ 36.0, 1393 }, \
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
{ 50.0, 198 }
#define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
{ 1.0, 1000 }, \
{ 1.0, 1500 }, \
{ 2.0, 2000 }, \
{ 1.5, 3000 }, \
{ 2.5, 4000 }, \
{ -15.0, 5000 }, \
{ -14.0, 1200 }, \
{ -6.0, 600 }, \
{ 10.0, 700 }, \
{ -10.0, 400 }, \
{ -50.0, 2000 }
#endif
//#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
/**
* Advanced Print Counter settings
*/
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
#define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
// Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
//#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
//#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
//#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
#endif
// @section develop
/**
* M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
*/
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE

2213
config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,2213 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
*/
#pragma once
/**
* Configuration.h
*
* Basic settings such as:
*
* - Type of electronics
* - Type of temperature sensor
* - Printer geometry
* - Endstop configuration
* - LCD controller
* - Extra features
*
* Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
*
*/
#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
//===========================================================================
//============================= Getting Started =============================
//===========================================================================
/**
* Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
*
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
* http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
* http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
* http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
* https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
* http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
*/
//===========================================================================
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
//
//===========================================================================
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
//
// @section info
// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
/**
* *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
*
* Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
* With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
* by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
*
* We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
* respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
*/
// Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
// Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
// @section machine
/**
* Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
* Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
*/
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
/**
* Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
* This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
* Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
*/
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
/**
* This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
*
* 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
* you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
* You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
*
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
*/
#define BAUDRATE 115200
// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
//#define BLUETOOTH
// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
#endif
#define FAN_PIN -1
#define KILL_PIN 64
// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "RF100"
// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
// Choose your own or use a service like http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4
//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
// @section extruder
// This defines the number of extruders
// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
#define EXTRUDERS 1
// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
//#define SINGLENOZZLE
/**
* Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
*
* This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
* two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
* for extruders.
*
* This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
* Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
*/
//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
// Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
// Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
//#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
//#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
//#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
#endif
/**
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
*
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
* Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
*
* For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
*/
//#define PRUSA_MMU2
// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
#if EXTRUDERS > 3
#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
#endif
#endif
// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
#endif
/**
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
* via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
*/
//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
/**
* Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
* via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
*
* project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
* movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
* https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
*/
//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
#if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
//#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
#define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
#define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
#define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
#endif
#endif
/**
* Switching Toolhead
*
* Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
* the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
*/
//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
/**
* Magnetic Switching Toolhead
*
* Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic
* docking mechanism using movement and no servo.
*/
//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
/**
* Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead
*
* Parking for CoreXY / HBot kinematics.
* Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet.
* Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4
*/
//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1)
//#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock
#if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/m) Extruder prime feedrate
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/m) Extruder retract feedrate
#endif
#elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching
#endif
#endif
/**
* "Mixing Extruder"
* - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
* - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
* - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S<index>' supporting virtual tools.
* - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
* - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
*/
//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
//#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
//#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
//#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
#endif
#endif
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
// @section machine
/**
* Power Supply Control
*
* Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN.
* Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW.
*/
//#define PSU_CONTROL
//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply"
#if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL)
#define PSU_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set 'false' for ATX (1), 'true' for X-Box (2)
//#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80
//#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
#if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
#define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
#define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN
//#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
//#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU over this temperature
#define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
#endif
#endif
// @section temperature
//===========================================================================
//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
/**
* --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
*
* Temperature sensors available:
*
* -5 : PT100 / PT1000 with MAX31865 (only for sensors 0-1)
* -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensors 0-1)
* -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensors 0-1)
* -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
* -1 : thermocouple with AD595
* 0 : not used
* 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
* 331 : (3.3V scaled thermistor 1 table)
* 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
* 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
* 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
* 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
* 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
* 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup)
* 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
* 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
* 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
* 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
* 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
* 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
* 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
* 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
* 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
* 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
* 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327
* 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x
* 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x
* 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
* 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
* 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
* 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering
* 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
* 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
* 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines)
*
* 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
* (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
* 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
* 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
* 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
*
* 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
* 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
* 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
* 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
*
* 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h
*
* Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
* 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
* 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
*/
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190
#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer
#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
// Below this temperature the heater will be switched off
// because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire.
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
//===========================================================================
//============================= PID Settings ================================
//===========================================================================
// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
#define PIDTEMP
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
//#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
//#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
// Ultimaker
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
// MakerGear
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
//#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
//#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
//#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
#endif // PIDTEMP
//===========================================================================
//====================== PID > Bed Temperature Control ======================
//===========================================================================
/**
* PID Bed Heating
*
* If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
* If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
*
* The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
* If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
* which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
* impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
* heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
* the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
*/
//#define PIDTEMPBED
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
/**
* Max Bed Power
* Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
* When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
* so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
*/
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
//#define MIN_BED_POWER 0
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
//120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from pidautotune
//#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
//#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
//#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
// @section extruder
/**
* Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
* Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
* cold extrusion prevention on and off.
*
* *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
*/
#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
/**
* Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
*/
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
//===========================================================================
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
//===========================================================================
/**
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
*
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
* the heater on.
*
* If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
* details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
*/
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber
//===========================================================================
//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
//===========================================================================
// @section machine
// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
// either in the usual order or reversed
//#define COREXY
//#define COREXZ
//#define COREYZ
//#define COREYX
//#define COREZX
//#define COREZY
//===========================================================================
//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
//===========================================================================
// @section homing
// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
#endif
// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
// Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
#endif
// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
/**
* Stepper Drivers
*
* These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
* stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
*
* A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
*
* Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
* TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE,
* TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE,
* TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
* TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
*/
//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
/**
* Endstop Noise Threshold
*
* Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
*
* - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
* - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
* - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
* based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
*
* :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
*/
//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
//=============================================================================
//============================== Movement Settings ============================
//=============================================================================
// @section motion
/**
* Default Settings
*
* These settings can be reset by M502
*
* Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
*/
/**
* With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
* following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
* total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
*/
//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
/**
* Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
* Override with M92
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 78.82, 78.82, 800, 115 }
/**
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
* Override with M203
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 20, 25 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
#define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
#endif
/**
* Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
* (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
* Override with M201
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 500, 500, 100, 10000 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
#define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
#endif
/**
* Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
* Override with M204
*
* M204 P Acceleration
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
*/
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
/**
* Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
* Override with M205 X Y Z E
*
* "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
* When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
* value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
*/
//#define CLASSIC_JERK
#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
//#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING)
#define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits
#endif
#endif
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
/**
* Junction Deviation Factor
*
* See:
* https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?1,739819
* http://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
*/
#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#endif
/**
* S-Curve Acceleration
*
* This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
* curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
*
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
*/
#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
//===========================================================================
//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
//===========================================================================
// @section probes
//
// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
//
/**
* Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
*
* Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
*/
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
/**
* Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN
*
* Define this pin if the probe is not connected to Z_MIN_PIN.
* If not defined the default pin for the selected MOTHERBOARD
* will be used. Most of the time the default is what you want.
*
* - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
* - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
*
* - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
* - For simple switches connect...
* - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
* - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
*
*/
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default
/**
* Probe Type
*
* Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
* Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
*/
/**
* The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
* Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
* or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
*/
#define PROBE_MANUALLY
//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
/**
* A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
* (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
*/
//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
/**
* Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
*/
//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
/**
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH
/**
* Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr
*
* This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed.
* By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is
* on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position.
*
* Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING,
* and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10.
*/
//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE)
#define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts
//#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed
//#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu)
#endif
// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
#define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
#define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
#endif
//
// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
//
/**
* Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
*
* In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
*
* #define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
*
* +-- BACK ---+
* | |
* L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
* E | | I
* F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
* T | | H
* | (-) | T
* | |
* O-- FRONT --+
* (0,0)
*
* Specify a Probe position as { X, Y, Z }
*/
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 }
// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
/**
* Multiple Probing
*
* You may get improved results by probing 2 or more times.
* With EXTRA_PROBING the more atypical reading(s) will be disregarded.
*
* A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
* A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
*/
//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
/**
* Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
* probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
* Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
* Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
*
* Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
* lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
* probe Z Offset set with NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET, M851, or the LCD.
* Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
*
* Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
* But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
*/
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
#if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW)
//#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe
#endif
/**
* Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
* Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
* noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
* These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
* readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
*/
//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
//#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
#endif
//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
#define DISABLE_X false
#define DISABLE_Y false
#define DISABLE_Z false
// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
// @section extruder
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
// @section machine
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
// @section extruder
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
// @section homing
//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR 1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
// @section machine
// The size of the print bed
#define X_BED_SIZE 120
#define Y_BED_SIZE 120
// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
#define Z_MAX_POS 120
/**
* Software Endstops
*
* - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
* - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
* - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
* - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
*/
// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
#endif
// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
#endif
#if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
//#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#endif
/**
* Filament Runout Sensors
* Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
*
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
* By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
#define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
//#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
// Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
// (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
// After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
// before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
// a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
#ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
// Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
// as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
// large enough to avoid false positives.)
//#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
#endif
#endif
//===========================================================================
//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
//===========================================================================
// @section calibrate
/**
* Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
* and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
*
* If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
* Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
* You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
* Probe several points in a grid.
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
* The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
* Probe several points in a grid.
* You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
* The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
*
* - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
* A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
* of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
* Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
*
* - MESH_BED_LEVELING
* Probe a grid manually
* The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
* For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
* leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
* With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
*/
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
/**
* Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
* this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
*/
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
/**
* Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
* Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
* NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
*/
//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
#if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
// The height can be set with M420 Z<height>
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
// For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
// split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
// contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
/**
* Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
*/
//#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
#define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
#define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for XY Moves for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
#endif
#endif
#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
//#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
//
// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
//
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
#endif
#endif
#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
//===========================================================================
//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
//===========================================================================
//#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
#define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
#define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
//#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
// as the Z-Height correction value.
#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
//===========================================================================
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
//===========================================================================
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
#endif // BED_LEVELING
/**
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
*/
#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
//#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#endif
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
#define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points
//#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
#endif
/**
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
*/
//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
// @section homing
// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
//
// With this feature enabled:
//
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
//
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
#endif
// Homing speeds (mm/m)
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
// @section calibrate
/**
* Bed Skew Compensation
*
* This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
*
* Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
* 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
* 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
* 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
* 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
*
* Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
* Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
*
* - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
* - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
*
* If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
* Use these diagrams for reference:
*
* Y Z Z
* ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
* | / / | / / | / /
* | / / | / / | / /
* | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
* +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
* XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
*/
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
// Input all length measurements here:
#define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define XY_SIDE_AD 200
// Or, set the default skew factors directly here
// to override the above measurements:
#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
#define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
#define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
#define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
#endif
// Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
//#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
#endif
//=============================================================================
//============================= Additional Features ===========================
//=============================================================================
// @section extras
/**
* EEPROM
*
* Persistent storage to preserve configurable settings across reboots.
*
* M500 - Store settings to EEPROM.
* M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
* M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
*/
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
//#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
#endif
//
// Host Keepalive
//
// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
//
#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
//
// M100 Free Memory Watcher
//
//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
//
// G20/G21 Inch mode support
//
//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
//
// M149 Set temperature units support
//
//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
// @section temperature
// Preheat Constants
#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255
#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255
/**
* Nozzle Park
*
* Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
*
* The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
*
* P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
*/
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
#define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis)
#define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers)
#endif
/**
* Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
*
* Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
*
* Parameters:
* P Pattern
* S Strokes / Repetitions
* T Triangles (P1 only)
*
* Patterns:
* P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
* at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
* between the start / end points.
*
* P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
* number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
* Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
* For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
*
* --
* | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
* A | | / \ / \ / \ |
* | | / \ / \ / \ |
* | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
* -- +--------------------------------+
* |________|_________|_________|
* T1 T2 T3
*
* P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
* "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
* Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
*
* Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
* Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
*
*/
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
// Default number of pattern repetitions
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
// Default number of triangles
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
// Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }
// Circular pattern radius
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
// Circular pattern circle fragments number
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
// Middle point of circle
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
// Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning
#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
// Enable for a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move)
//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z
#endif
/**
* Print Job Timer
*
* Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
*
* M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
* M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
* M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
*
* The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
*
* M75 - Start the print job timer
* M76 - Pause the print job timer
* M77 - Stop the print job timer
*/
#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
/**
* Print Counter
*
* Track statistical data such as:
*
* - Total print jobs
* - Total successful print jobs
* - Total failed print jobs
* - Total time printing
*
* View the current statistics with M78.
*/
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
//=============================================================================
//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
//=============================================================================
// @section lcd
/**
* LCD LANGUAGE
*
* Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
*
* en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it, jp_kana,
* ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ru, sk, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
*
* :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
*/
#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
/**
* LCD Character Set
*
* Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
*
* All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
* language extensions:
*
* - JAPANESE ... the most common
* - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
* - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
*
* To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
*
* - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
* - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
* - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
*
* :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
*/
#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
/**
* Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
*
* :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
*/
#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
/**
* SD CARD
*
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
*
*/
#define SDSUPPORT
/**
* SD CARD: SPI SPEED
*
* Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
* This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
*/
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
/**
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
*
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
*/
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
/**
* LCD Menu Items
*
* Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
* just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
*/
//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
//
// ENCODER SETTINGS
//
// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
//
#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
//
// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
// move between next/prev menu items.
//
#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
/**
* Encoder Direction Options
*
* Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
*
* Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
* Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
* Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
*/
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
//
// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
//
#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
//
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
//
//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
//
// This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen.
//
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT.
// If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT.
//
//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION
//
// Individual Axis Homing
//
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
//
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
//
// SPEAKER/BUZZER
//
// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
//
//#define SPEAKER
//
// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
//
// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
// M300 S<frequency Hz> P<duration ms>
//
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
//=============================================================================
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
//=============================================================================
//
// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
//
// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
//
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
//
//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
//
// ULTIMAKER Controller.
//
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
//
// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
//
//#define ULTIPANEL
//
// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
//
//#define PANEL_ONE
//
// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
//
// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
//
//#define G3D_PANEL
//
// RigidBot Panel V1.0
// http://www.inventapart.com/
//
//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
//
// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
//
//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
//
// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
//
//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
// This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
// which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
// This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
//
// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
//
//#define ULTRA_LCD
//=============================================================================
//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
//=============================================================================
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
//
// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
//
//
// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
//
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
//
// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
//
// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
//
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
//
// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
//
//#define LCM1602
//
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
// separate encoder and click inputs.
//
// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
//
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
//
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
//
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
//
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
//
//
// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
//
//#define SAV_3DLCD
//
// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
//
//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
//=============================================================================
//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
//=============================================================================
//
// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
//
// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
//
//
// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
//
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
//
//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
//
// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
// http://panucatt.com
//
//#define VIKI2
//#define miniVIKI
//
// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
//
//#define MINIPANEL
//
// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
//
//#define MAKRPANEL
//
// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
//
//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
//
// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
//
//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
//
// Cartesio UI
// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
//
//#define CARTESIO_UI
//
// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
//
//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
//
// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
//
//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
//
// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
// https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
//
//#define MKS_MINI_12864
//
// FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support
// https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/
//
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on)
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight
//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. Neopixel RGB Backlight
//
// Factory display for Creality CR-10
// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
//
// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
//
//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
//
// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
//
// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
//
//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
//
// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
//
//#define AZSMZ_12864
//
// Silvergate GLCD controller
// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
//
//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
//=============================================================================
//============================== OLED Displays ==============================
//=============================================================================
//
// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
//
//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
//
// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
//
//#define SAV_3DGLCD
#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
//#define U8GLIB_SH1106
#endif
//
// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
//
//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
//
// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
//
// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
//
//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
//
// Einstart S OLED SSD1306
//
//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART
//
// Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs
//
//#define OVERLORD_OLED
//=============================================================================
//========================== Extensible UI Displays ===========================
//=============================================================================
//
// DGUS Touch Display with DWIN OS
//
//#define DGUS_LCD
//
// Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200 printers
//
//#define MALYAN_LCD
//
// Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays
// See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options.
//
//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE
//
// Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces.
// Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extensible_ui'.
//
//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
//=============================================================================
//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
//=============================================================================
//
// FSMC display (MKS Robin, Alfawise U20, JGAurora A5S, REXYZ A1, etc.)
//
//#define FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT
//=============================================================================
//============================ Other Controllers ============================
//=============================================================================
//
// ADS7843/XPT2046 ADC Touchscreen such as ILI9341 2.8
//
//#define TOUCH_BUTTONS
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_BUTTONS)
#define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
#define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
#define XPT2046_X_CALIBRATION 12316
#define XPT2046_Y_CALIBRATION -8981
#define XPT2046_X_OFFSET -43
#define XPT2046_Y_OFFSET 257
#endif
//
// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
//
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press
//=============================================================================
//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
//=============================================================================
// @section extras
// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
// :[0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7]
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
// duty cycle is attained.
//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
//#define BARICUDA
// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
//#define BLINKM
// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
//#define PCA9632
// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
//#define PCA9533
/**
* RGB LED / LED Strip Control
*
* Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
* an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
*
* Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
* If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
* luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
* For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
*
* *** CAUTION ***
* LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
* as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
* Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
* NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
* more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
* *** CAUTION ***
*
* LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
*
*/
//#define RGB_LED
//#define RGBW_LED
#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED)
//#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
//#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
//#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
//#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
#endif
// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
#define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin
//#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE
//#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5
#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip, larger of 2 strips if 2 neopixel strips are used
#define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
#define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
//#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
// Use a single Neopixel LED for static (background) lighting
//#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_LED_INDEX 0 // Index of the LED to use
//#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W
#endif
/**
* Printer Event LEDs
*
* During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
*
* - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
* - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
* - Change to white to illuminate work surface
* - Change to green once print has finished
* - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
*/
#if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED)
#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
#endif
/**
* R/C SERVO support
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
*/
/**
* Number of servos
*
* For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
* Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
* Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
*/
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES

2867
config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,2867 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
*
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*
*/
#pragma once
/**
* Configuration_adv.h
*
* Advanced settings.
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
*
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
*
*/
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
// @section temperature
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
//
// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
//
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
#define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
#define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
#define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
#define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
#define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
#define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
#define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
#define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
#define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
#define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
#endif
//
// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
//
//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
#undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
#endif
/**
* Heated Chamber settings
*/
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
#define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
#endif
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
#endif
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
*
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
* the heater on.
*
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
* long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
*
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
* THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
//#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
#if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
//#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
#endif
/**
* Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
* firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
* hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
* requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
* if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
* test.
*
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
* and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
* below 2.
*/
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
/**
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
*/
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
/**
* Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
*/
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
/**
* Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
*/
#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
#endif
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
// Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
// A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
#endif
/**
* Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed.
* A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan.
* You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value
* or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation.
*
* Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%)
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
* A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation:
* kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255
* where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater.
*
* Example:
* Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8
* Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24
*
* Fan-speed dependent compensation
* --------------------------------
* 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%).
* Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled.
* If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature
* drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big.
* 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100%
* 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving.
* 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed.
* 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in
* PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED
*/
//#define PID_FAN_SCALING
#if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING)
//#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION
#if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION)
// The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration.
// Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED.
// DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly.
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0
#else
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed)
#define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#endif
#endif
#endif
/**
* Automatic Temperature:
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
*/
#define AUTOTEMP
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
#endif
// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
//#define M114_DETAIL
// Show Temperature ADC value
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
/**
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
*
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
* and force stop everything.
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
* aberrant readings.
*
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
*/
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
// @section extruder
// Extruder runout prevention.
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
#endif
// @section temperature
// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
/**
* Controller Fan
* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
*
* The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
* and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
*/
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
//#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
#endif
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state.
//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1
/**
* PWM Fan Scaling
*
* Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
*
* With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
* to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
* current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
* Value 0 always turns off the fan.
*
* Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
*/
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
/**
* FAST PWM FAN Settings
*
* Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
* Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
* frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
*
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
* Set this to your desired frequency.
* If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
* ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
* These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
* NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
*
* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
* Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
* 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
* 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
* A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
* PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
*/
#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
//#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
#endif
// @section extruder
/**
* Extruder cooling fans
*
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
*
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
*
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
*/
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 9
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 100 // 255 == full speed
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
/**
* Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
*
* This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
* The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
* Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
*/
#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
/**
* M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
*/
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
//#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm
//#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
//#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
//#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
#define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
#endif
#endif
// @section homing
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
// @section extras
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
#endif
/**
* Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
*
* This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
*
* For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
* spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
* set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
* that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
*
* Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
* this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
* in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
*/
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
//#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
//#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
#endif
#endif
//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
//#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
#define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
#endif
#endif
/**
* Dual X Carriage
*
* This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
* The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
* "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
*
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
*
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
*
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
*
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
*
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
*/
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
//#define EXT_SOLENOID
// @section homing
// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
/**
* Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
* Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
* advanced commands.
*
* Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
* check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
*
* Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
* because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
* like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
*
* Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
*/
// Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
// Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
/**
* Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
*/
// Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
// in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
//#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
/**
* Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
* Summary:
* - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
* - High-Speed mode
* - Disable LCD voltage options
*/
/**
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
/**
* Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
* V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
* V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
* To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
/**
* Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
* Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
* This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
* If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
// Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
//#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
#endif // BLTOUCH
/**
* Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
* Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
*/
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
// Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } }
// Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment.
// Currently requires triple stepper drivers.
//#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS)
// Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to
// the Z screw positions in the bed carriage.
// Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order.
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } }
#else
// Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down.
// In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point.
// Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
#endif
// Set number of iterations to align
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
// Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
// On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
#define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
// Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
#endif
// @section motion
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
#define SLOWDOWN
// Frequency limit
// See nophead's blog for more info
// Not working O
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
//
// Backlash Compensation
// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
//
//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
// Define values for backlash distance and correction.
// If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
#define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
// Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
// to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
//#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
// Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
//#define BACKLASH_GCODE
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
// Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
#define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
#if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
// When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
// mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
// increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
#endif
#endif
#endif
/**
* Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
*
* Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
* conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
*
* G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
* on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
* and hotend offsets.
*
* Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
* ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
*/
//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
#define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
// The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
// Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
//#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
// The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
// Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
// auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
// Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
// probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
// Define pin which is read during calibration
#ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
//#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
#endif
#endif
/**
* Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
* below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
* vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
* lowest stepping frequencies.
*/
#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
/**
* Custom Microstepping
* Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
*/
//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
/**
* @section stepper motor current
*
* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
*
* The power on motor currents are set by:
* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
* known compatible chips: A4982
* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
* known compatible chips: AD5206
* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
* known compatible chips: MCP4728
* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
*
* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
* M907 - applies to all.
* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
*/
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
/**
* Common slave addresses:
*
* A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
* Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
* MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
*/
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
#endif
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
// @section lcd
#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
#define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
#define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
#endif
#endif
// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
#endif
// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
#endif
#if HAS_LCD_MENU
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
#endif
// BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
//#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
/**
* LED Control Menu
* Add LED Control to the LCD menu
*/
//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
#define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
#if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
#define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
//#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
#endif
#endif
#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
// Scroll a longer status message into view
#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
// Show the E position (filament used) during printing
//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL
#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
//#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits
//#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion
#if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME)
//#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation
//#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time
#endif
#endif
#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
#endif
#endif
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
// Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
// Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
#define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
/**
* Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
*
* Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
* during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
* point in the file.
*/
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
//#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss
//#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS)
//#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
//#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
//#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
//#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
//#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
// Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
// especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
#define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
#endif
/**
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
*
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
* by name for easier navigation.
*
* By default...
*
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
*
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
* limit is exceeded.
*
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
*/
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
// SD Card Sorting options
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#endif
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
// Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
// Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
//#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
/**
* This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
* This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
* To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
*/
//#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
/**
* This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
* On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
* You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
*/
//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
/**
* Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
*/
//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
/**
* Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
* equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
* to Marlin as an SD card.
*
* The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
* the following pin mapping:
*
* SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
* INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
* SS --> SDSS
*
* [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
*/
//#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
#define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
#define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
/**
* USB Host Shield Library
*
* - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
* on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
*
* - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
* is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
* [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
*/
//#define USE_UHS3_USB
#endif
/**
* When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
* add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
*
* Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
*
* Tested with this bootloader:
* https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
*/
//#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
#if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
#endif
// Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
//#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
#if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
/**
* Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
*
* LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
* ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
* CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
*
* :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
*/
//#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
#endif
#endif // SDSUPPORT
/**
* By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
* storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
*/
//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
/**
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
*
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
*
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
*/
#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
// Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
//#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
// Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
//#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
/**
* ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
* the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
* Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
*
* Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
* message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
* length of time to display the status message before clearing.
*
* Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
* This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
*/
#if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
//#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
#if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
#define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
#endif
#endif
/**
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
*/
//#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
//#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
#define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
#define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
//#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
//#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
//#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
// Frivolous Game Options
//#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
//#define MARLIN_INVADERS
//#define MARLIN_SNAKE
//#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
//
// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE)
//
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE)
// Display board used
//#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
//#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
//#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
// Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
//#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
//#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
//#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
// Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
//#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
//#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
//#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
//#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
#if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
// The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
#define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
#define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
// If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
//#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
#if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
#endif
#endif
// Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
// is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
// portrait and mirrored orientations.
//#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
//#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
//#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
// UTF8 processing and rendering.
// Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
//#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
// Western accents support. These accented characters use
// combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
// Additional character groups. These characters require
// full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
#endif
#endif
// Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
#define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
// Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
// Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
// (recommended for smaller displays)
//#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
// Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
//#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
// Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text)
//#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU
#endif
//
// FSMC Graphical TFT
//
#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
//#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
//#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
//#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
//#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
//#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
//#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
#endif
// @section safety
/**
* The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
* if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
*
* If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
* enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
* NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
* interrupts are enabled.
*/
#define USE_WATCHDOG
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
#endif
// @section lcd
/**
* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
*
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
*/
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
//#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 100 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
//#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
#endif
#endif
//#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
#endif
#endif
// @section extruder
/**
* Linear Pressure Control v1.5
*
* Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
* K=0 means advance disabled.
*
* NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
*
* Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
* Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
* If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
* print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
* Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
*/
#define LIN_ADVANCE
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
//#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
//#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
#endif
// @section leveling
/**
* Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
* Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
*/
#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
//#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
//#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 10
//#define PROBE_PT_2_X 90
//#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 10
//#define PROBE_PT_3_X 55
//#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 100
#endif
/**
* Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
* Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
* to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
* sides of the bed.
*
* If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
* LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
* RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
* (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
*
* This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
* should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
* probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
* the probe to be unable to reach any points.
*/
#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
#endif
#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
// Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
//#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
//#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
//#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
//#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
#endif
/**
* Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
* Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
*/
//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
#define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
#define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
/**
* Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
* between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
*/
#define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
#define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
#define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
#endif
// @section extras
//
// G2/G3 Arc Support
//
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
#define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
//#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
#endif
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
/**
* G38 Probe Target
*
* This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
* and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
* Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
*/
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
//#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
#endif
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
/**
* Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
* 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
* 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
* 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
* 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
* 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
* 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
* 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
* 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
/**
* Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
* 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
* 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
* 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
* 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
* 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
* 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0
/**
* Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
* If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
* 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
* 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
* 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
* 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
* 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
* 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
*
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
*/
//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
// @section temperature
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
//===========================================================================
//================================= Buffers =================================
//===========================================================================
// @section hidden
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
#else
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
#endif
// @section serial
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
#define BUFSIZE 4
// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
// Host Receive Buffer Size
// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
//#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
#endif
// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
// Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
// RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
//#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
// Enable this option to collect and display the number
// of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
//#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
#endif
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
//#define ADVANCED_OK
// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
// @section extras
/**
* Extra Fan Speed
* Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
* 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
* 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed
* 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
*/
//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
/**
* Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
*
* Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
* Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
*
* Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
* With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
* will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
*
* Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
*
* Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
*
*/
//#define FWRETRACT
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
#define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
#endif
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
#define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
//#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
#endif
#endif
/**
* Universal tool change settings.
* Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
*/
#if EXTRUDERS > 1
// Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
//#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
// Retract and prime filament on tool-change
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
#endif
/**
* Position to park head during tool change.
* Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
*/
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
#endif
#endif
/**
* Advanced Pause
* Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
* If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
*
* Requires an LCD display.
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
*/
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
#endif
// @section tmc
/**
* TMC26X Stepper Driver options
*
* The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
* https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
*/
#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
#define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
#define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
#define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
#define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
#endif
#endif // TMC26X
// @section tmc_smart
/**
* To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
* connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
* the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
* pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
* You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
*
* To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
* to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
* To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
* a resistor.
* The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
*
* TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
*/
#if HAS_TRINAMIC
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
#define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
#define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
#define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
#define X_RSENSE 0.11
#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
#define X2_CURRENT 800
#define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define X2_RSENSE 0.11
#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
#define Y_CURRENT 800
#define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Y_RSENSE 0.11
#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
#define Y2_CURRENT 800
#define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
#define Z_CURRENT 800
#define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z_RSENSE 0.11
#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
#define Z2_CURRENT 800
#define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
#define Z3_CURRENT 800
#define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
#define E0_CURRENT 800
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E0_RSENSE 0.11
#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
#define E1_CURRENT 800
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E1_RSENSE 0.11
#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
#define E2_CURRENT 800
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E2_RSENSE 0.11
#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
#define E3_CURRENT 800
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E3_RSENSE 0.11
#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
#define E4_CURRENT 800
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E4_RSENSE 0.11
#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
#define E5_CURRENT 800
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
#define E5_RSENSE 0.11
#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
/**
* Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
* The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
*/
//#define X_CS_PIN -1
//#define Y_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z_CS_PIN -1
//#define X2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
//#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
//#define E0_CS_PIN -1
//#define E1_CS_PIN -1
//#define E2_CS_PIN -1
//#define E3_CS_PIN -1
//#define E4_CS_PIN -1
//#define E5_CS_PIN -1
/**
* Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
* The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
* but you can override or define them here.
*/
//#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
//#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
//#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
//#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
/**
* Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
* Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
* Address | MS1 | MS2
* 0 | LOW | LOW
* 1 | HIGH | LOW
* 2 | LOW | HIGH
* 3 | HIGH | HIGH
*
* Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
* on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
*/
#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
/**
* Software enable
*
* Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
* function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
*/
//#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
/**
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
*/
#define STEALTHCHOP_XY
#define STEALTHCHOP_Z
#define STEALTHCHOP_E
/**
* Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
* or with the help of an example included in the library.
* Provided parameter sets are
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
* CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
* CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
*
* Define you own with
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
*/
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
/**
* Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
* like overtemperature and short to ground.
* In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
* Relevant g-codes:
* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
* M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
*/
//#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
#define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
#define STOP_ON_ERROR
#endif
/**
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
* STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
*/
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
/**
* Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
*
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
* Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
* X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
*
* X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
* Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
*
* Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
* HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
* LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
*
* It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
*
* SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
* Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
* Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
*
* IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
* homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
*
* TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING
*/
//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
/**
* Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
*
* CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
* to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
*/
//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
#if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
// TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
#define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
#define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
#define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
//#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
//#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE
//#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
#endif
/**
* Beta feature!
* Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
*/
//#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
/**
* Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
* M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
*/
//#define TMC_DEBUG
/**
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
*
* Example:
* #define TMC_ADV() { \
* stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \
* stepperY.intpol(0); \
* }
*/
#define TMC_ADV() { }
#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
// @section L6470
/**
* L6470 Stepper Driver options
*
* Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
* https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
*
* Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
* L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
* L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
* L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
*/
#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
//#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
#define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
#define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI)
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
#define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
#define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
#define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
#define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
#endif
/**
* Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
* In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
* Relevant g-codes:
* M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
* I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
* I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
* I3 - Z3 or E3
* I4 - E4
* I5 - E5
* M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
* M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
* M918 - Increase speed until max or error
* M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
*/
//#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
#define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
//#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
#endif
#endif // L6470
/**
* TWI/I2C BUS
*
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
* devices on the bus.
*
* ; Example #1
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
* M260 B77 ; M
* M260 B97 ; a
* M260 B114 ; r
* M260 B108 ; l
* M260 B105 ; i
* M260 B110 ; n
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
*
* ; Example #2
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
* M261 A99 B5
*
* ; Example #3
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
*/
// @section i2cbus
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
// @section extras
/**
* Photo G-code
* Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
* The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
*/
//#define PHOTO_GCODE
#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
// A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
//#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
//#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
//#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
// Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
// Canon Hack Development Kit
// http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
//#define CHDK_PIN 4
// Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
// Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
#endif
/**
* Spindle & Laser control
*
* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
*
* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
*
* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
*
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
*/
//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
//#define LASER_FEATURE
#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
#define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
//#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
/**
* The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
*
* SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
* where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
*
* set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
*/
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
#else
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
#endif
#endif
/**
* Coolant Control
*
* Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
*
* Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
*/
//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
#define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
#define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
#define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
#define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
#endif
/**
* Filament Width Sensor
*
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
*
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
* volume.
*
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
*
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
*
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
#define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
#endif
/**
* CNC Coordinate Systems
*
* Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
* and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
*/
//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
/**
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
*/
#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
/**
* Include capabilities in M115 output
*/
#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
/**
* Expected Printer Check
* Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
* M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
*/
//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
/**
* Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
*/
//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
/**
* Volumetric extrusion default state
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
*
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
*/
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
#endif
/**
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
*
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
*/
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
/**
* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
*
* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
*/
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
/**
* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
*/
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
/**
* CNC G-code options
* Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
* Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
* High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
*/
//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
//#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
#endif
/**
* Startup commands
*
* Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
*/
//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
/**
* G-code Macros
*
* Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
* Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
*/
//#define GCODE_MACROS
#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
#endif
/**
* User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
*/
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
//#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
#define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
#define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
#define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
#define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
#define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
#define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
#define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
#define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
#endif
/**
* Host Action Commands
*
* Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
*
* See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
* Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
* G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
*
* Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
*
* Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
* filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
*/
//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
//#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
#endif
/**
* Cancel Objects
*
* Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects
*/
//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS
/**
* I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
* Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
*
* Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
* Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
*
* Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
* Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
*
* Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
*/
//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
// encoders supported currently.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
// I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
// 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
// for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
// printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
// smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
// measurement noise / latency (filter).
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
// disable abort behavior.
#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
// for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
// is trusted again.
/**
* Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
* this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
* error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
*/
#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
// Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
/**
* Analog Joystick(s)
*/
//#define JOYSTICK
#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
#define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
#define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
#define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
#define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
// Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware:
#define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
#define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
#define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
#endif
/**
* MAX7219 Debug Matrix
*
* Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
* Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
*/
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
//#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
#define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
#define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
#define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
// connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
//#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
//#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
/**
* Sample debug features
* If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
*/
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
// If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
// tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
#endif
/**
* NanoDLP Sync support
*
* Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
* string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
* [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
*/
//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
//#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
// Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
#endif
/**
* WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
*/
//#define WIFISUPPORT
#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
#define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
#define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
//#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
//#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
#endif
/**
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
* Enable in Configuration.h
*/
#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
// Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
// For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
// For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
#define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
// Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
//#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
// Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
//#define MMU2_MODE_12V
// G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
#define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
// Add an LCD menu for MMU2
//#define MMU2_MENUS
#if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
// Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
// This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
#define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
#define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
{ 7.2, 562 }, \
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
{ 36.0, 1393 }, \
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
{ 50.0, 198 }
#define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
{ 1.0, 1000 }, \
{ 1.0, 1500 }, \
{ 2.0, 2000 }, \
{ 1.5, 3000 }, \
{ 2.5, 4000 }, \
{ -15.0, 5000 }, \
{ -14.0, 1200 }, \
{ -6.0, 600 }, \
{ 10.0, 700 }, \
{ -10.0, 400 }, \
{ -50.0, 2000 }
#endif
//#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
/**
* Advanced Print Counter settings
*/
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
#define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
// Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
//#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
//#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
//#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
#endif
// @section develop
/**
* M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
*/
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE